LG | 60LN5420-TC | LG 60LN5420-TC دليل المالك

‫ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻵﺭﺍء‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ٨٠٠ ٥٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ ٠٨٠٠ ٥٤ ٥٤ ٥٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺃﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‬
‫‪ ٠٨٠ ١٠٠ ٥٤ ٥٤‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻐﺮﺏ‬
‫‪ ١٩٩٦٠‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫‪http://www.lg.com‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﻭﻳﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ‪ /‬ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ /‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪.www.lg.com‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻨﻌﻪ ﺑﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺒﻰ‪.‬‬
‫" ﺩﻭﻟﺒﻰ " ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ ﺩ – ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﻟﺒﻰ ‪.‬‬
‫"ﻳﻌﺪ ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭ‪ HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface‬ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ ‪ HDMI‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ HDMI Licensing, LLC‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪".‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ DivX® :DIVX VIDEO‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺗﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ ،DivX, LLC‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪Rovi‬‬
‫‪ .Corporation‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ®‪ DivX Certified‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ .DivX‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ‪divx.com‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺗﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪.DivX‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪ :DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ®‪ DivX Certified‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ ‪DivX‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ﺑـ ‪ (VOD‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣ ّﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻗﺴﻢ ‪DivX‬‬
‫‪) Video-on-Demand‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫‪ VOD‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪ vod.divx.com‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻚ‪.‬‬
‫"®‪ DivX Certified‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ®‪ DivX‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ ،HD 1080p‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻯ ‪".Premium‬‬
‫"®‪ DivX‬ﻭ ®‪ DivX Certified‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Rovi Corporation‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﺗُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪".‬‬
‫"ﺗﻐﻄﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪“7,519,274 ;7,515,710 ;7,460,668 ;7,295,673‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻳﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‪5,956,674 :‬؛ ‪5,974,380‬؛ ‪6,487,535‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ‪ DTS‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻭ ‪ DTS‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ‪ DTS 2.0+Digital Out‬ﺗﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ DTS, Inc.‬ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ DTS, Inc. © .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪ LN565‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻌﻪ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺒﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪5,956,674 :‬؛ ‪5,974,380‬؛‬
‫‪ 6,487,535‬ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ‪ DTS‬ﻭ ‪ Symbol‬ﻭ ‪ DTS‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ Symbol‬ﻣﻌًﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻭ ‪ DTS 2.0 Channel‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟـ ‪ DTS, Inc. Product‬ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ .DTS, Inc © .‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ‪ GPL‬ﻭ ‪ LGPL‬ﻭ ‪ MPL‬ﻭﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪.http://opensource.lge.com‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‪ّ ،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﺧﻼء ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﺰﻳﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ‪ً LG Electronics‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺎﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻄﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ( ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .opensource@lge.com‬ﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ )‪ (3‬ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺷﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ‪www.lg.com‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪) 3D‬ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ( ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ )ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻳﺪﻭﻳًﺎ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫‪720p‬‬
‫‪1280X720‬‬
‫‪1080i‬‬
‫‪1920X1080‬‬
‫‪1080p‬‬
‫‪1920X1080‬‬
‫‪DTV‬‬
‫‪720p‬‬
‫‪1080i‬‬
‫‪1280X720‬‬
‫‪1920X1080‬‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪1080p‬‬
‫‪1920X1080‬‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫‪37.5‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪90 / 89.9‬‬
‫‪28.125‬‬
‫‪33.7‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪33.7‬‬
‫‪54 / 53.95‬‬
‫‪56.3‬‬
‫‪67.5‬‬
‫‪37.5‬‬
‫‪28.125‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪59.94 / 60‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪23.98 / 24‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪33.75‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ )ﻧﺼﻔﻲ(‬
‫ﺗﻜﺪﻳﺲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ )ﻧﺼﻔﻲ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ )ﻧﺼﻔﻲ(‬
‫ﺗﻜﺪﻳﺲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ )ﻧﺼﻔﻲ(‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﻔﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ )ﻧﺼﻔﻲ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) MPO‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ )ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪HDMI/DTV‬‬
‫‪480x720‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٤٦٩‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٥‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪576x720‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٢٥‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪720x1280‬‬
‫‪٣٧٫٥‬‬
‫‪٤٤٫٩٦‬‬
‫‪٤٥‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸ ّﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪DVD‬‬
‫‪1080x1920‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧٢‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧٥‬‬
‫‪٢٨٫١٢٥‬‬
‫‪٢٦٫٩٧‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧١٦‬‬
‫‪٣٣٫٧٥‬‬
‫‪٥٦٫٢٥‬‬
‫‪٦٧٫٤٣‬‬
‫‪٦٧٫٥‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪٢٣٫٩٧‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫‪٢٩٫٩٧٦‬‬
‫‪٣٠٫٠٠‬‬
‫‪٥٠‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪٦٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ )ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪TV‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻷﻓﻘﻲ )ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪350x640‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٤٦٨‬‬
‫‪٧٠٫٠٩‬‬
‫‪400x720‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٤٦٩‬‬
‫‪٧٠٫٠٨‬‬
‫‪480x640‬‬
‫‪٣١٫٤٦٩‬‬
‫‪٥٩٫٩٤‬‬
‫‪600x800‬‬
‫‪٣٧٫٨٧٩‬‬
‫‪٦٠٫٣١‬‬
‫‪768x1024‬‬
‫‪٤٨٫٣٦٣‬‬
‫‪٦٠٫٠٠‬‬
‫‪864x1152‬‬
‫‪٥٤٫٣٤٨‬‬
‫‪٦٠٫٠٥٣‬‬
‫‪768x1360‬‬
‫‪٤٧٫٧١٢‬‬
‫‪٦٠٫٠١٥‬‬
‫‪1024x1280‬‬
‫‪٦٣٫٩٨١‬‬
‫‪٦٠٫٠٢٠‬‬
‫‪1080x1920‬‬
‫‪٦٧٫٥٠‬‬
‫‪٦٠٫٠٠‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪B-Y‬‬
‫‪R-Y‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪Cb‬‬
‫‪Cr‬‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫‪Pb‬‬
‫‪Pr‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫‪480i/576i‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪480p/576p‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪720p/1080i‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫‪1080p‬‬
‫‪O‬‬
‫)‪ ٥٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ‪ ٦٠ /‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪HDMI/PC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ )ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪Y‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪،32/37LN541B ، 32LN565‬‬
‫‪، 32LN543Z ، 32LN542B ، 32/37LN543B ، 32LN544B ، 32LN542Z‬‬
‫‪،32LN546B ، 32LN540B ، 32LN544Z ، 37LN541Y ، 37LN543Y‬‬
‫‪(32LA613Y ، 32LA617B ، 32LA616B ، 32LA616Y ، 32LA613B‬‬
‫‪PB‬‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻮﺯﻳﻠﻨﺪﺍ ﻭﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺘﺮﺍﻟﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻳﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﻭﺗﻮﻧﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺎﻳﻼﻧﺪ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ ﻭ‪--‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪٪ ٨٠‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٠-‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٦٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪٪ ٨٥‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL B/B‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪VHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠٦‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪،١٢‬‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : B/B‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ : CATV ،٧٥‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٤‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF:M‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٧١‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ VHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٦‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪،١٢‬‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF:M‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٧١‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪DVB-T‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ VHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٥‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪،١٢‬‬
‫‪ UHF‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٦٩‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF:M‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٧١‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪PAL/SECAM-B/G/D/K, PAL-I, NTSC-M‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : BG‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : I‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF : DK‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٦٩‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٤٧‬‬
‫‪ VHF/UHF:M‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ CATV ،٧٨‬ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪٧١‬‬
‫‪ ٧٥‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ ٧٥‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺴﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﻭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺳﺮﻱ ﻻﻧﻜﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
50LA61**
42LA61**
32LA61**
50LA6130-TB
50LA6150-TC
50LA615B-TC
50LA613B-TB
50LA615Y-TC
50LA613Y-TB
50LA6160-TD
50LA616B-TD
50LA6170-TE
50LA617B-TE
50LA616Y-TD
42LA6130-TB
42LA6150-TC
42LA615B-TC
42LA613B-TB
42LA615Y-TC
42LA613Y-TB
42LA6160-TD
42LA616B-TD
42LA6170-TE
42LA617B-TE
42LA616Y-TD
32LA6130-TB
32LA6150-TC
32LA615B-TC
32LA613B-TB
32LA615Y-TC
32LA613Y-TB
32LA6160-TD
32LA616B-TD
32LA6170-TE
32LA617B-TE
32LA616Y-TD
٣٢٧,٠ x ٧٢٥٫٠ x ١١٣١٫٠
٢٩٤٫٠ x ٦٣١٫٠ x ٩٦٤٫٠
٢٤٢٫٠ x ٤٩٩٫٠ x ٧٣٣٫٠
(‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ‬
٨٠,٩ x ٦٦٧٫٠ x ١١٣١٫٠
٧٨٫٠ x ٥٧٣٫٠ x ٩٦٤٫٠
٧٨٫٠ x ٤٤٤٫٠ x ٧٣٣٫٠
(‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ‬
١٧٫٠
١١٫٨
٧٫٦
(‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ‬
(‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ‬
١٠٫٠
٦٫٤
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
× ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
(‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
١٤٫٥
30
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
29
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
50LN54**
47LN54**
42LN54**
50LN5400-TA
50LN541B-TB
50LN5420-TC
50LN542B-TC
50LN5430-TD
50LN543B-TD
50LN5440-TJ
50LN544B-TJ
50LN542Y-TC
50LN542Z-TC
50LN543Y-TD
50LN543Z-TD
50LN544Y-TJ
50LN544Z-TJ
50LN541B-TC
50LN541Y-TC
50LN540B-TA
50LN5460-TA
50LN546B-TA
50LN5460-TM
50LN546B-TM
50LN546Y-TM
50LN546Z-TM
47LN5400-TA
47LN541B-TB
47LN5420-TC
47LN542B-TC
47LN5430-TD
47LN543B-TD
47LN5440-TJ
47LN544B-TJ
47LN542Y-TC
47LN542Z-TC
47LN543Y-TD
47LN543Z-TD
47LN544Y-TJ
47LN544Z-TJ
47LN541B-TC
47LN541Y-TC
47LN540B-TA
47LN5460-TA
47LN546B-TA
47LN5460-TM
47LN546B-TM
47LN546Y-TM
47LN546Z-TM
42LN5400-TA
42LN541B-TB
42LN5420-TC
42LN542B-TC
42LN5430-TD
42LN543B-TD
42LN5440-TJ
42LN544B-TJ
42LN542Y-TC
42LN542Z-TC
42LN543Y-TD
42LN543Z-TD
42LN544Y-TJ
42LN544Z-TJ
42LN541B-TC
42LN541Y-TC
42LN540B-TA
42LN5460-TA
42LN546B-TA
42LN5460-TM
42LN546B-TM
42LN546Y-TM
42LN546Z-TM
٢٦٤٫٠ x ٧٢٧٫٠ x ١١٣٦٫٠
٢٦٤٫٠ x ٦٩٤٫٠ x ١٠٨٠٫٠
٢٣٦٫٠ x ٦٢٩٫٠ x ٩٦٨٫٠
(‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ‬
٨٢٫١ x ٦٧٣٫٠ x ١١٣٦٫٠
٨٠٫٥ x ٦٤٢٫٠ x ١٠٨٠٫٠
٧٩٫٠ x ٥٧٩٫٠ x ٩٦٨٫٠
(‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ‬
١٥٫٦
١٤٫٥
١٠٫٧
(‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ‬
١٤٫٢
١٣٫١
٩٫٦
(‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ‬
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
32LN565*
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
60LN54**
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
55LN54**
32LN5650-TA
60LN5400-TA
60LN541B-TB
60LN5420-TC
60LN542B-TC
60LN5430-TD
60LN543B-TD
60LN5440-TJ
60LN544B-TJ
60LN542Y-TC
60LN542Z-TC
60LN543Y-TD
60LN543Z-TD
60LN544Y-TJ
60LN544Z-TJ
60LN541B-TC
60LN541Y-TC
60LN540B-TA
60LN5460-TA
60LN546B-TA
60LN5460-TM
60LN546B-TM
60LN546Y-TM
60LN546Z-TM
55LN5400-TA
55LN541B-TB
55LN5420-TC
55LN542B-TC
55LN5430-TD
55LN543B-TD
55LN5440-TJ
55LN544B-TJ
55LN542Y-TC
55LN542Z-TC
55LN543Y-TD
55LN543Z-TD
55LN544Y-TJ
55LN544Z-TJ
55LN541B-TC
55LN541Y-TC
55LN540B-TA
55LN5460-TA
55LN546B-TA
55LN5460-TM
55LN546B-TM
55LN546Y-TM
55LN546Z-TM
٢٠٦,٠ x ٤٩٩٫٠ x ٧٤٣٫٠
٢٩٧٫٠ x ٨٥٢٫٠ x ١٣٥٩٫٠
٢٩٧٫٠ x ٧٩٠٫٠ x ١٢٥٠٫٠
(‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ‬
٩٦,٠ x ٤٥١٫٠ x ٧٤٣٫٠
٦٧٫٢ x ٧٩٩٫٠ x ١٣٥٩٫٠
٧٩٫١ x ٧٣٧٫٠ x ١٢٥٠٫٠
(‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ‬
٨٫٨
٢٦٫٣
٢١٫٢
(‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ‬
(‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ‬
٨٫٣
٢٤٫٢
١٩٫١
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
× ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
(‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
× ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
(‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
28
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
39LN54**
37LN54**
32LN54**
39LN5400-TA
39LN541B-TB
39LN5420-TC
39LN542B-TC
39LN5430-TD
39LN543B-TD
39LN5440-TJ
39LN544B-TJ
39LN542Y-TC
39LN542Z-TC
39LN543Y-TD
39LN543Z-TD
39LN544Y-TJ
39LN544Z-TJ
39LN541B-TC
39LN541Y-TC
39LN540B-TA
39LN5460-TA
39LN546B-TA
39LN5460-TM
39LN546B-TM
39LN546Y-TM
39LN546Z-TM
37LN5400-TA
37LN541B-TB
37LN5420-TC
37LN542B-TC
37LN5430-TD
37LN543B-TD
37LN5440-TJ
37LN544B-TJ
37LN542Y-TC
37LN542Z-TC
37LN543Y-TD
37LN543Z-TD
37LN544Y-TJ
37LN544Z-TJ
37LN541B-TC
37LN541Y-TC
37LN540B-TA
37LN5460-TA
37LN546B-TA
37LN5460-TM
37LN546B-TM
37LN546Y-TM
37LN546Z-TM
32LN5400-TA
32LN541B-TB
32LN5420-TC
32LN542B-TC
32LN5430-TD
32LN543B-TD
32LN5440-TJ
32LN544B-TJ
32LN542Y-TC
32LN542Z-TC
32LN543Y-TD
32LN543Z-TD
32LN544Y-TJ
32LN544Z-TJ
32LN541B-TC
32LN541Y-TC
32LN540B-TA
32LN5460-TA
32LN546B-TA
32LN5460-TM
32LN546B-TM
32LN546Y-TM
32LN546Z-TM
٢٣٦٫٠ x ٥٨٧٫٠ x ٨٩٤٫٠
٢٣٦,٠ x ٥٦١٫٠ x ٨٤٩٫٠
٢٠٧,٠ x ٤٩٧٫٠ x ٧٣٨٫٠
(‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ‬
٧٩٫٠ x ٥٣٧٫٠ x ٨٩٤٫٠
٧٩,٠ x ٥١٢٫٠ x ٨٤٩٫٠
٧٩,٠ x ٤٤٩٫٠ x ٧٣٨٫٠
(‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻣﻢ‬
٩٫٧
٩٫١
٧٫٠
(‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ‬
(‫ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ )ﻛﺠﻢ‬
٨٫٦
٨٫٠
٦٫٤
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
/ ٥٠ ~‫ ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬٢٤٠-١٠٠ ‫ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬٦٠
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
× ‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
(‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ × ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺯﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
.‫ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻔﻪ‬
.‫ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺼﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬،‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪ /‬ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻫﺘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﺤﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺃﺩﺍء ﻟﻪ ﻭﻹﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺟﺌﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻈﻔﺮﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻲء ﺣﺎﺩ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﺪﻭﺵ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺎء ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻭﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ )‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺼ ُﺪﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻣﻴﺰﺓ ‪) Auto sleep‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ( ﺃﻭ ‪) Off time‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ( ﻓﻲ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪) Time‬ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺧﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ )‪ ،(HDMI‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ "ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ"‬
‫ﺃﻭ "ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺎﻟﺢ"‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ /‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪.HDMI‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﺃﻋﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ y‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻔﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻭﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﺑﻤﺎء ﻧﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻣﺴﺤﻪ ً‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
26
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
.‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ‬
1
User Guide
PROGRAMME Setting
PICTURE, SOUND Setting
OPTION
OPTION > To set language
SETTINGS OPTION ¨ Language
You can select the language of the menu displayed on the screen and the digital
sound broadcasting.
Menu Language : Selects a language for the display text.
Audio Language [In Digital mode Only] : Select the desired language when
watching digital broadcasting containg several voice languages.
Subtitle Language [In Digital mode Only] : Use the Subtitle function when two
or more subtitle languages are broadcast.
✎ If subtitle data in a selected language is not broadcast, the default
language subtitle will be displayed.
.‫ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬SETTINGS ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
Customer Support ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ‬
.(‫)ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء‬
‫ )ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ( ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬User Guide ‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻟﻺﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
.OK ‫ﻋﻠﻰ‬
1
2
3
Advanced Function
Information
Zoom In
PICTURE
AUDIO
SETUP
TIME
LOCK
OPTION
INPUT
MY MEDIA
Close
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
2
SETTINGS OPTION ¨ Language
You can select the language of the menu displayed on the screen and the digital
sound broadcasting.
Menu Language : Selects a language for the display text.
Audio Language [In Digital mode Only] : elect the desired language when
watching digital broadcasting containg several voice languages.
Subtitle Language [In Digital mode Only] : Use the Subtitle function when two
or more subtitle languages are broadcast.
✎ If subtitle data in a selected language is not broadcast, the default
language subtitle will be displayed.
Press OK( ) to set picture settings.
Customer Support
Exit
Software Update
Picture Test
Sound Test
2
Zoom Out
Close
Signal Test
Product/Service Info.
.‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
.‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ꕌ/ꕍ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
1
.‫ﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
2
User Guide
Close
User Guide
3
2
To use input device
To set time options
PROGRAMME Setting
To set TV lock options
PICTURE, SOUND Setting
OPTION
To set language
To set country
Advanced Function
To set subtitle
Information
To set other options
1
.‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ‬
1
.‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻩ‬
.‫ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ‬ꕌ/ꕍ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
2
.‫ﻟﻠﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
3
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LN565*، LN54‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫‪TV/RAD‬‬
‫‪TV/‬‬
‫‪RAD‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫‪RATIO‬‬
‫‪AV MODE‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪Q.VIEW‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪SUBTITLE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪LIST‬‬
‫‪FAV‬‬
‫‪SUBTITLE‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪AV MODE‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )‪.(AV‬‬
‫‪RATIO‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪LIST‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Q.VIEW‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ً‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAV‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪GUIDE‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪MUTE‬‬
‫‪GUIDE‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪MUTE‬‬
‫‪T.OPT‬‬
‫‪INFO‬‬
‫‪TEXT‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫‪Q.MENU‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪PAGE‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪INFO‬‬
‫‪EXIT‬‬
‫‪SLEEP‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Q.MENU‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ )ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪/‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪BACK‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪EXIT‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪) SLEEP‬ﺍﻟﺴﻜﻮﻥ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ AV‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺒﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﻋﺒﺮ ‪.HDMI-CEC‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻲ )‪ ،(MY MEDIA‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪(USB,SIMPLINK) .SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ )‪ 1.5‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪(AAA‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻢ ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻏﻄﺎء‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ y‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺗﻼﻑ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻭﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪TV/RAD‬‬
‫‪AV MODE‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫‪RATIO‬‬
‫‪RATIO‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪TV/‬‬
‫‪RAD‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪Q.VIEW‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪AV MODE‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )‪.(AV‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪LIST‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Q.VIEW‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ً‬
‫ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAV‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪LIST‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﻢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪MUTE‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAV‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪G‬‬
‫‪E‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪P‬‬
‫‪PAGE‬‬
‫‪MUTE‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫‪3D OPTION‬‬
‫‪Q.MENU‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪INFO‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS INFO‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪Q.MENU‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪EXIT‬‬
‫‪GUIDE‬‬
‫‪SUBTITLE‬‬
‫‪T.OPT‬‬
‫‪BACK‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪TEXT‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3D OPTION‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ )ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪/‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ‪/‬ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﻳﻤﻴﻦ(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪BACK‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪GUIDE‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫‪EXIT‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﻤﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ‪،‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ(‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪SUBTITLE‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺟﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﻀﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ )‬
‫(‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻲ )‪ ،(MY MEDIA‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪(USB,SIMPLINK) .SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ AV‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺒﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﻋﺒﺮ ‪.HDMI-CEC‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪.SIMPLINK‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪MHL‬‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ )‪ (MHL‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺼﺮﻳﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫)‪IN 2 (MHL‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ‪MHL‬‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ )‪ HDMI IN 2 (MHL‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ‪ MHL‬ﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ MHL‬ﻣﻤﻜﻨّﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻲ ‪ MHL‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.MHL‬‬‫‪ -‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻮﻝ ﻣﺸﺤﻮ ًﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﺼﺮﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪H/P OUT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪OPTICAL‬‬
‫‪DIGITAL‬‬
‫‪AUDIO OUT‬‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫‪y‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) AUDIO‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ﻣُﻌﻄﻠﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺃﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ‪) AV MODE‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ‪Optical Digital Audio‬‬
‫‪ Out‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪).‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ 16 :‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ 9 :‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻁ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﻣﻠﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻁ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ 0.35 :‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫‪OPTICAL AUDIO IN‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫‪ y‬ﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻀﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ y‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) ACP‬ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻲ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ( ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻈﺮ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮ ّﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻼﺵ ‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﺉ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻄﻲ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪USB IN‬‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻔﺮ‬
‫‪L (MONO) AUDIO R‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ ‪ /‬ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ / DVD‬ﺑﻠﻮ ﺭﺍﻱ ‪ /‬ﺭﻳﺴﻴﻔﺮ ‪HD‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ HDMI‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮﻱ ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪IN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ / DVD‬ﺑﻠﻮ ﺭﺍﻱ ‪/‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﺴﻴﻔﺮ ‪ / HD STB / HD‬ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫)*ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‬
‫‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‬
‫ﺃﺣﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻀﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪ HDMI‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﻛﺒﻞ ™‪ HDMI‬ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪) CEC‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ™‪ HDMI‬ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 1080p‬ﻭﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ HDMI‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪ Dolby Digital :‬ﻭ ‪ DTS‬ﻭ‬
‫‪)PCM‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 192‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪،‬‬
‫‪.(32k/44.1k/48k/88k/96k/176k/192k‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LN565*، LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ HDMI‬ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪ Dolby Digital :‬ﻭ ‪) PCM‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪192‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪،‬‬
‫‪.(32k/44.1k/48k/88k/96k/176k/192k‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺴﻴﻖ ﺻﻮﺕ *‪ DTS‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LN54‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ DVI‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ HDMI‬ﻟﻠﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻜﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪L‬‬
‫‪R‬‬
‫‪AUDIO‬‬
‫‪VIDEO‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ / DVD‬ﺑﻠﻮ ﺭﺍﻱ ‪ /‬ﺭﻳﺴﻴﻔﺮ ‪HD‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺸﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﻣًﺎ ﺗﺨﻄﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫**‪ LN54‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪) RF‬ﺑﻤﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ‪75‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻡ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺑ ّﺪﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﻐﻼﺕ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
‫‪ DVD‬ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ USB‬ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪ DVD‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ‪ DVD‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﻟﻌﺎﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) PC‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻮﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪) PICTURE‬ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) PC‬ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ(‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ANTENNA/‬‬
‫‪CABLE IN‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻣﺤﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‪ MPEG :‬ﻭ ‪Dolby Digital‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ Dolby Digital Plus‬ﻭ ‪HE-AAC‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻘﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻭﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻌﺘﻤ ًﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪ LG‬ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬
‫‪ .VESA‬ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻮء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﻣُﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ‬
‫‪.VESA‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪ LN54* ،LN565‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻭﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻭﻣُﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻭﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﻜﺴﺮ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻬﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ّ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮ ً‬
‫ﺿﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻮﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮﺍ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ّ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫« ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨّﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫« ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫« ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻮﺿﻊ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫« ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺃﺛﺎﺙ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ُﻛﺘُﺐ( ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫« ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫« ﺗﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﺴﻠّﻖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﺛﺎﺙ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻭﺛﺒّﺖ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﺋﻂ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻳًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻨﺎء ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻲ ‪ LG‬ﺑﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ )ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪) VESA‬ﺃ ‪ x‬ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‬
‫‪) VESA‬ﺃ ‪ x‬ﺏ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫**‪،37/39/42LN54‬‬
‫**‪42LA61‬‬
‫**‪،32LN54‬‬
‫*‪،32LN565‬‬
‫**‪32LA61‬‬
‫‪100 x 200‬‬
‫‪M4‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪LSW130B‬‬
‫‪200 x 200‬‬
‫‪M6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪LSW230B‬‬
‫**‪،47/50/55/60LN54‬‬
‫**‪50LA61‬‬
‫‪400 x 400‬‬
‫‪M6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪LSW430B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﻗﻮﺱ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻤﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪.VESA‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺻﻔﺎ ﻟﻸﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺛﺒّﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﻴْﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻤﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪،32/37/39/42/47/50/60LN54‬‬
‫*‪ LN565‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺇﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫)ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪(.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺮﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ً‬‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﻓﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒّﺖ ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻭﺓ ﻭﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺒﻞ ﻗﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺒﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪)M4 x 8‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 32/42LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪)P4 x 8 2EA‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 50LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ /‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﺭﺟﺤﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ٍ‬
‫ﺁﻣﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺒﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ‪Kensington‬‬
‫)ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺵ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﺎﺋﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﻣﻨﺔ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪ (.‬ﻻ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮّﺓ؛ ّ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺭﺍ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺮﺗﺨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﺳﺘُﻠﺤﻖ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Kensington‬ﺑﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Kensington‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪http://www.kensington.com.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺃﻣﺎﻥ ‪ Kensington‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺃﻣﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺑﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ِ -‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﺘﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ‪ 15‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺋﻤﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪0‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻮﻗﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫« ﻋﻨﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫« ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫>ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ<‬
‫>ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ<‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫**‪LA61‬‬
‫*‪LN54**, LN565‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪3EA‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪P5 x 25‬‬
‫‪M4 x 14‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 14‬‬
‫‪4EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 14‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺧﺪﺷﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻔﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺃﺭﻓﻘﺖ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻨﻚ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻼﺭﺗﺠﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﱢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﻣًﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺠﻨّﺐ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻳﻤﻴ ًﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒّﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ‪/‬ﺛﻨﻲ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻤﻜﺒّﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﻜﺒّﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ *‪ LN54** ، LN565‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪OK‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪SETTINGS‬‬
‫‪INPUT‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫اﻟﻮﺻﻒ‬
‫اﻟﺰر‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻴﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪S‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫‪ y‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ‪) OPTION‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺪﻑ ﺗﺤﺴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﻟﺸﺮﺍء ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫***‪AG-F‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫**‪LA61‬‬
‫***‪AG-F‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫•‬
‫‪AG-F***DP‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪LG‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨّﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫**‪ LN54‬ﻭ *‪LN565‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫‪AG-F***DP‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪LG‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫)ﺑﺤﺠﻢ ‪(AAA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪( 25 ، 24‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫)ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(18‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪P5 x 25 ،3EA‬‬
‫‪M4 x 14 ،4EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪،LN54‬‬
‫**‪ LN565‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(14‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫)‪ : 2EA‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)‪ : 1EA‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‬
‫**‪،32/37/39/42/47/50/60LN54‬‬
‫**‪ LN565‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(16‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪M4 x 14 ،8EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(14‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫‪2EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(16‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺱ‬
‫‪M4 x 8 ،2EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 32/42LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪P4 x 8 ،2EA‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ 50LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(16‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(14‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ‪ /‬ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪،LN54‬‬
‫**‪ LN565‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫)ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪(14‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺗﺒﻌًﺎ ﻟﻠﺒﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ **‪ LA61‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺠﺐ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺒﻴﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﻒ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪،‬ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺨﻔﻴﺾ ﻛﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺷﺘﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺒّﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺷﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒّﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ‪ HDMI‬ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪ 10 USB‬ﻣﻢ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ‪ USB 2.0‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻜﺎ ﻭ ‪ 18‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ USB‬ﻻ ﺗﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫‪B‬‬
‫< ‪ 10‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫*)‪= (A‬‬
‫< ‪ 18‬ﻣﻢ‬
‫*)‪= (B‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪A‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺬ ً‬‫ﻗﺴﻄﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ ‪5‬‬
‫ ‪ 15‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺭﻫﺎﻕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺴﺲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫• ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‬
‫ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ‬‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪/‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ‪5‬‬‫ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻹﺛﺎﺭﺓ‬‫ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺰﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮ )ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺎﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ(‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻟﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺨﻼﻑ‬‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﻦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﻴﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻮﻥ ً‬
‫ﻋﻤﻘﺎ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻫﻘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻫﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 19‬ﻋﺎﻣًﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬‫ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻗ ّﺪﻡ ﻟﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺠﻠﺲ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻛﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ً‬‫ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻣﻨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﻀﻮء ﻭﺍﻣﺾ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﻐﺜﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ِ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻼ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻣﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻐﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳُﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺎﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺴﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺬﻭﺫ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤ َﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟ َﻐ َﻤﺶ )ﺿﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﻤﺎﺗﻴﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻖ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺄﺧﺬ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﺧﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺠﻨﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺊ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺮﻭﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪/‬ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻭﺧﺬ ً‬
‫ﻗﺴﻄﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬‫ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﺍﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﻟﻢ ﺑﻤﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺜﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺧﻔﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺒﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺯﺩﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑـ ‪ .LG‬ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌ ّﺪﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺟﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺟ ًﺪﺍ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺟ ًﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺳﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺴﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺪﺵ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﻋﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺨﺪﺵ ﻋﺪﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺣﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻔﻬﺎ‪/‬ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﻭﻛﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ّ‬
‫ﻷﻱ ﺿﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺴﻜﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺷﻲء‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﺭ ًﺩﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻠﺤﻆ‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫"ﻭﻣﻴﻀﺎ"‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﻗﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻴﻮﻧﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﺘﺔ ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻯ ً‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻃﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺩﺍء ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ً‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎﻃﺎ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺔ‬
‫)ﺣﻤﺮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺯﺭﻗﺎء ﺃﻭ ﺧﻀﺮﺍء( ﺑﺤﺠﻢ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺟﺰء ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺒﺒًﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺗﻚ )ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺄﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ )ﻛﺸﻌﺎﺭ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺑﺒﻘﺎء ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﻄﻲ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨّﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ ،LCD‬ﻭﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺯﻣﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،4:3‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺒﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻠﻎ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻓﻮﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ "ﺗﻜﺴﻴﺮ"‪ :‬ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠّﺺ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﻱ ﻟﻠﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺷﺎﺋﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳًﺎ‪ .‬ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪/‬ﻃﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺧﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤ ّﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺤﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻮﺛﻮﻗﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﻮﻳًﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺃﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻌﻄﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ )ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺠﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬‫ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻧﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬‫ﺑﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻴﺮ ﻓﺘﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺤﺺ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺑﺪﺍ ﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻮء ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮء‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻠﺜﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﻮﺍء ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺨﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻴﺪﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺸﻲء ﺣﺎﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻇﻔﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻢ ﺭﺻﺎﺹ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﻢ ﺣﺒﺮ ﺑﺸ ّﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺨﺪﺷﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ‬
‫)ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ( ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺷﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻣﺴﺤﻪ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺧﺪﻭﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺭﺫﺍﺫ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﺃﻭ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺭﻃﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻒ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﻊ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻟﻮﺣﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫)ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻄﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺎﻟﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﺍﻓﺼﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻚ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻔﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﺤﻤﻠﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻛﺎﻟﺮﻓﻮﻑ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﻨﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺠﻨﺐ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣًﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺫﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪) VESA‬ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ( ﺑﺎﻟﺠﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ )ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﺒّﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎﺕ ‪ /‬ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ِﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻧﻨﺼﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻭ ‪ 7‬ﺃﺿﻌﺎﻑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺮﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤ ّﺪﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺨﻠﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺨﻮﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻃﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﺣﻔﻈﻬﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍً‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﻮﺡ ) ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻄﺎء( ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺨﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻮﺵ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻮء ﻗﻮﻱ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻛﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻔﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺼﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪) .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻛﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻄﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫ﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ٍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺮﻏﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒّﺐ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ّ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻟﻠﺘﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺵ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺰﻫﺮﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻓﻨﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﻫﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫•‬
‫‪nt‬‬
‫‪icca‬‬
‫‪Des‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺃﺑﻖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺗﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻋﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻳﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺆ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺴﺒّﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻨﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺑﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻳﺘﺴﻠﻘﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻘﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﺹ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺻﻄﺤﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻ ً‬
‫ﻼ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ( ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ّ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻻ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻛﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ً‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪).‬ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯ(‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻼﻣﺒﺎﻻﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻭﻋﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺟﻴ ًﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺟﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻏﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺮﺵ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻘﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺴﺤﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ )ﻣﺮﻗﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺎﻥ "ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺮ" ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ(‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻘﻮﻁ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻄﺮﻕ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻲء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺃﺑ ًﺪﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء‬
‫ﻫﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺻﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻗﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻏﺎﺯﻱ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﻭﺗﻬﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺤﺮﻭﻕ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ ﻟﻔﺤﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺪﻣﺔ‬‫ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‬‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻳﺪﺍﻙ‬
‫ﻣﺒﻠﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻚ ﺭﻃﺒًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻐﻄﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﻔﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻲ‪) .‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺃﺭﺿﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺼﻌﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻼﻣﺲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﻨﺔ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺜﻨﻲ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺟﻪ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺪﻓﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻄﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻓﻲ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻛﺒﻼﺕ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﺪﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻮﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬‫ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺤﻤﺎﻡ ً‬‫ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ ُﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﺪ ﺃﻭ‬‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗُﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ ُﻗﺮﺏ ﻃﺎﻭﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺒﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺿﺒﻂ‬‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ّ‬‫ ﻗﺮﺏ ﺣﺎﻭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎء ﻛﺎﻟﻤﺰﻫﺮﻳﺎﺕ‬‫ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ّ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻄﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻐﺒﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ّ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺏ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺸﺐ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺛﻼﺛﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻀﻴﺮ‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺮﺍﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﻭﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺰﻳﻮﻥ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻭﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻼﺕ‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪HDMI‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ّ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ‬‫ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪MHL‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑُﻌﺪ‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‬
‫ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻣﻞ‬‫‪ -‬ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺧﻴﺺ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﺧﻄﻴﺮ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻠﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﻃﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻠﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ّ‬
‫ﺑﺈﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺿﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ‪LED‬‬
‫* ﺇﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺯ ‪ LED‬ﻣﻦ ‪ LG‬ﻣﺰﻭّﺩ ﺑﺸﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.LED‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫**‪LN54‬‬
‫*‪LN565‬‬
‫**‪LA61‬‬
‫‪www.lg.com‬‬
Download PDF